1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
131 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
133 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
135 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
137 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
139 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
141 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
143 static void commands_command (char *, int);
145 static void condition_command (char *, int);
147 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
149 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
158 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
159 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
161 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
165 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
167 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
169 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
171 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
173 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
175 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
177 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
179 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
181 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
183 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
185 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
187 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
189 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
191 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
193 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
194 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
196 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
198 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
200 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
203 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
205 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
207 static void update_global_location_list (int);
209 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
211 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
213 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
217 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
230 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
231 current breakpoint. */
233 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
236 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
238 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
239 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
240 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
241 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
244 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
245 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
246 if such is available. */
247 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
250 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
251 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
254 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
255 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
259 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
260 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
261 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
262 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
263 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
265 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
266 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
269 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
270 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
274 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
275 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
276 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
277 use hardware breakpoints. */
278 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
280 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
281 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
284 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
285 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
289 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
290 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
291 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
292 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
293 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
295 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
296 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
297 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
298 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
299 always_inserted_auto
,
304 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
306 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
307 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
309 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
310 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
311 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
313 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
315 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
319 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
321 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
322 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
325 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
327 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
328 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
330 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
331 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
333 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
334 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
337 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
339 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
340 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
341 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
344 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
345 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
346 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
348 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
349 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
350 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
353 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
355 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
356 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
357 if (tracepoint_type (B))
359 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
361 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
363 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
365 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
367 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
369 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
371 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
372 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
373 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
374 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
376 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
378 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
379 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
380 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
381 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
382 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
384 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
386 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
387 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
388 may still be reported by a target. */
389 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
391 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
393 int breakpoint_count
;
395 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
397 int tracepoint_count
;
399 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
401 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
403 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
406 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
409 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
411 breakpoint_count
= num
;
412 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
415 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
418 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
420 struct breakpoint
*b
;
426 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
429 tracepoint_type (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
431 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
|| b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
);
434 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
435 for "break" command with no arg.
436 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
437 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
439 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
441 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
442 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
443 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
444 int default_breakpoint_line
;
445 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
448 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
449 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
451 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
452 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
453 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
455 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
457 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
458 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
460 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
462 int retval
= 0; /* default */
466 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
467 return breakpoint_count
;
470 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
471 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
476 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
478 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
479 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
480 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
481 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
485 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
493 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
496 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
498 /* Skip non-numeric token */
499 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
501 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
507 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
509 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
510 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
521 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
523 get_number (char **pp
)
525 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
528 /* Parse a number or a range.
529 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
530 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
531 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
534 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
535 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
537 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
538 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
539 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
540 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
541 * pointer PP past <number2>.
545 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
547 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
548 static char *end_ptr
;
549 static int in_range
= 0;
553 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
554 or to the first number of a range. */
555 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
560 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
561 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
562 and also remember the end of the final token. */
566 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
567 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
568 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
569 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
571 error (_("inverted range"));
573 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
575 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
576 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
585 error (_("negative value"));
588 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
589 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
590 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
591 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
594 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
596 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
604 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
605 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
608 get_breakpoint (int num
)
610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
613 if (b
->number
== num
)
620 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
623 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
630 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
633 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
635 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
638 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
640 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
641 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
649 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
650 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
654 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
656 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
661 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
662 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
663 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
664 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
665 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
669 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
671 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
674 breakpoints_changed ();
675 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
679 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
682 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
685 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
687 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
688 b
->commands
= commands
;
689 breakpoints_changed ();
690 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
694 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
696 struct breakpoint
*b
;
699 struct command_line
*l
;
701 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
702 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
705 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
706 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
709 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
712 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
715 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
717 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
719 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
720 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
721 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
722 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
725 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
728 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
729 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
731 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
732 that are part of if and while bodies. */
733 enum command_control_type
734 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
736 struct breakpoint
*b
;
740 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
741 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
744 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
745 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
747 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
748 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
753 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
756 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
759 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
761 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
762 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
763 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
764 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
765 list after it finishes execution. */
766 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
767 breakpoints_changed ();
768 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
769 return simple_control
;
771 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
774 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
777 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
779 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
783 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
784 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
789 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
790 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
792 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
793 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
794 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
795 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
796 memaddr ... memaddr + len
797 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
798 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
800 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
803 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
805 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
806 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
808 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
809 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
812 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
813 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
815 struct bp_location
*b
;
817 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
820 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
821 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
822 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
824 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
825 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
828 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
829 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
835 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
837 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
839 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
840 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
844 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
845 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
848 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
851 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
852 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
853 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
856 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
858 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
859 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
862 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
864 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
865 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
867 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
868 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
872 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
873 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
877 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
878 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
880 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
881 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
882 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
886 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
888 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
889 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
892 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
893 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
898 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
900 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
902 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
905 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
906 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
912 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
914 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
915 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
916 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
919 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
920 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
921 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
924 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
925 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
926 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
927 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
928 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
930 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
931 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
932 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
933 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
935 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
936 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
937 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
941 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
942 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
944 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
945 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
953 /* Evaluate the expression. */
954 mark
= value_mark ();
957 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
959 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
963 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
964 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
965 error to some higher catcher. */
971 throw_exception (ex
);
976 new_mark
= value_mark ();
977 if (mark
== new_mark
)
982 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
983 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
985 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
990 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
991 decide which addresses to watch. */
992 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
993 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
997 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
998 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
999 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1000 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1001 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1002 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1003 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1004 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1008 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1010 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1011 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1012 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1015 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1016 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1017 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1018 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1020 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1022 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1023 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1025 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1026 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1027 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1028 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1029 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1030 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1031 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1033 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1034 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1035 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1036 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1037 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1038 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1039 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1040 memory content has not changed.
1042 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1045 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1046 several times when GDB stops.
1049 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1050 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1051 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1052 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1053 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1054 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1055 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1056 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1057 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1058 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1060 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1061 removal from inferior. */
1064 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1066 int within_current_scope
;
1067 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1068 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1072 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1073 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1074 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1075 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1078 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1079 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1080 breakpoints if needed. */
1083 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1088 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1089 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1090 within_current_scope
= 1;
1093 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1095 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1096 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1097 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1098 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1101 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1103 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1104 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1105 if (within_current_scope
)
1109 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1118 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1119 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1120 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1121 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1122 be completely different objects. */
1123 value_free (b
->val
);
1128 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1129 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1130 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1131 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1132 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1133 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1135 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1136 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1137 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1139 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1141 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1142 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1144 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1146 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1147 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1148 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1149 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1156 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1157 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1158 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1159 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1162 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1164 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used
1165 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have
1166 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well.
1167 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting
1168 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software
1170 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1171 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1173 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1176 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1179 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1180 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1181 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1182 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1184 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1188 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1190 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1191 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1193 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1194 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1195 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1196 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1197 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1198 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1199 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1201 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1203 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1204 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1205 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1207 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1208 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1212 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1214 addr
= value_address (v
);
1215 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1217 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1219 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1222 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1223 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1226 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1228 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1229 loc
->address
= addr
;
1231 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1235 next
= value_next (v
);
1240 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1241 above left it without any location set up. But,
1242 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1243 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1244 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1246 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1247 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1248 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1249 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1250 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1253 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1254 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1255 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1256 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1257 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1259 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1260 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1263 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1265 printf_filtered (_("\
1266 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1267 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1269 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1270 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1271 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1274 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1276 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1280 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1281 inserted in the inferior. */
1283 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1285 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1288 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1291 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1294 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1295 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1296 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1297 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1298 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1299 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1300 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1301 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1302 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1305 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1307 if (tracepoint_type (bpt
->owner
))
1313 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1314 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1315 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1317 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1318 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1320 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1321 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1322 int *disabled_breaks
,
1323 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1327 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1330 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1331 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1332 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1333 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1335 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1336 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1338 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1340 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1341 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1342 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1343 Two important cases are:
1344 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1345 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1346 hardware breakpoint.
1347 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1348 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1349 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1351 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1352 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1353 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1354 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1355 struct mem_region
*mr
1356 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1360 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1363 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1365 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1366 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1368 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1370 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1372 static int said
= 0;
1373 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1376 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1377 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1382 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1383 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1384 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1385 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1389 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1390 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1391 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1392 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1394 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1396 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1397 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1400 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1405 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1406 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1407 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1409 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1410 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1411 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1412 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1413 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1414 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1417 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1419 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1420 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1421 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1422 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1423 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1425 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1426 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1427 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1430 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1431 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1433 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1434 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1435 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1438 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1443 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1444 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1451 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1452 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1454 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1456 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1457 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1459 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1460 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1461 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1462 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1463 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1465 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1466 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1467 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1471 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1473 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1474 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1475 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1476 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1480 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1481 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1482 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1483 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1484 "Error accessing memory address ");
1485 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1487 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1488 safe_strerror (val
));
1499 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1500 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1501 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1502 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1504 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1506 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1508 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1509 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1510 if (val
== 1 && bpt
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1512 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1514 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1515 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1517 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1519 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1520 && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt
, loc
))
1524 bpt
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1525 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1532 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1536 bpt
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1540 bpt
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1543 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1545 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1546 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1547 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1548 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1550 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1554 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1555 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1556 so just return success. */
1563 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1564 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1568 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1570 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1571 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1573 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1576 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1577 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1580 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1581 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1582 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1584 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1586 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1588 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1589 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1591 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1592 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1594 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1600 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1601 removed locations above. */
1602 update_global_location_list (0);
1605 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1606 Throws exception on any error.
1607 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1608 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1610 insert_breakpoints (void)
1612 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1615 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1616 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1618 update_global_location_list (1);
1620 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1621 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1623 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1624 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1627 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1628 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1629 Both return zero if successful,
1630 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1633 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1635 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1636 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1639 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1640 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1642 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1643 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1645 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1646 there was an error. */
1647 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1649 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1651 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1653 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1654 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1656 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1659 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1660 thread no longer exists. */
1661 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1662 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1667 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1668 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1669 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1670 insert breakpoints. */
1671 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1672 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1675 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1677 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1682 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1683 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1686 int some_failed
= 0;
1687 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1689 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1692 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1695 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1698 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1699 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1706 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1708 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1710 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1711 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1712 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1720 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1721 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1722 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1724 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1725 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1726 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1728 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1729 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1732 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1736 remove_breakpoints (void)
1738 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1744 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1749 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1752 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1754 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1756 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1760 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1765 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1774 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1776 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1781 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1782 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1788 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1790 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1791 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1793 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1794 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1795 struct inferior
*inf
;
1796 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1798 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1802 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1803 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1805 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1807 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1809 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1811 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1817 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1821 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1826 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1830 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1832 static struct breakpoint
*
1833 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1834 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1836 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1837 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1839 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1842 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1843 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1845 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1846 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1847 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1853 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1855 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1857 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1859 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1860 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1862 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1866 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1867 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1869 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1871 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1873 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1874 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1878 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1879 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1882 update_global_location_list (1);
1886 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1888 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1889 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1890 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1892 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1894 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1895 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1897 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1898 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1900 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1903 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1905 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1909 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1910 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1912 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1913 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1915 update_global_location_list (1);
1917 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1921 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1923 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1924 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1925 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1927 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1928 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1929 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1930 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1931 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1932 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1933 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1934 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1936 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1937 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1941 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1944 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1945 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1947 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1951 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1952 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1954 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1958 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1959 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1960 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1961 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1963 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1967 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1968 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1970 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1974 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1976 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1978 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1982 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1984 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1985 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1986 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1987 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1991 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1992 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1993 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1994 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1995 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1996 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1998 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1999 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2000 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2001 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2002 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2003 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2004 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2006 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2007 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2008 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2009 let finish_command delete it.
2011 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2012 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2013 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2014 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2015 solib breakpoints.) */
2017 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2022 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2023 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2025 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2027 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2031 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2032 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
2033 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
2034 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
2035 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
2036 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
2040 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2042 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
2044 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2045 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2047 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2048 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2050 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2051 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2052 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
2054 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2058 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
2060 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2064 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2065 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2066 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2067 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2068 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2071 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2074 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2076 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2077 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2080 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2081 This should not ever happen. */
2082 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2084 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2085 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2087 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2088 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2089 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2091 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2092 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2093 || b
->section
== NULL
2094 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2096 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2098 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2099 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2101 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2105 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2106 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2107 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2109 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2110 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2112 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2113 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2114 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2115 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2116 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2118 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2119 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2121 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2122 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2125 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2126 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2127 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2128 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2129 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2130 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2133 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2134 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2135 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2136 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2137 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2144 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2149 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2150 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2151 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2152 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2157 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2159 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2164 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2165 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2166 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2168 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2169 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2170 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2173 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2174 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2177 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2179 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2182 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2189 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2192 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2194 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2195 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2198 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2199 This should not ever happen. */
2200 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2202 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2204 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2206 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2208 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2212 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2215 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2217 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2219 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2220 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2224 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2225 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2227 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2230 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2231 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2232 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2237 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2239 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2240 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2242 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2244 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2246 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2249 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2251 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2252 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2256 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2258 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2265 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2266 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2269 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2271 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2273 case bp_shlib_event
:
2275 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2276 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2277 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2278 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2279 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2281 (gdb) file prog-linux
2282 (gdb) run # native linux target
2285 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2286 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2289 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2293 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2294 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2295 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2297 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2298 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2299 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2300 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2302 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2303 in insert_breakpoints. */
2305 value_free (b
->val
);
2315 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2316 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2317 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2318 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2321 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2322 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2323 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2324 match, not program space. */
2326 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2327 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2328 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2329 permanent breakpoint.
2330 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2331 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2332 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2333 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2334 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2336 enum breakpoint_here
2337 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2339 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2340 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2342 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2344 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2345 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2348 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2349 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2350 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2353 if (overlay_debugging
2354 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2355 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2356 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2357 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2358 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2360 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2364 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2367 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2370 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2372 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2375 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2376 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2383 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2384 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2385 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2386 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2389 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2391 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2393 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2395 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2396 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2400 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2403 if (overlay_debugging
2404 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2405 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2406 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2414 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2415 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2418 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2420 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2423 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2429 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2433 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2435 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2436 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2438 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2440 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2444 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2447 if (overlay_debugging
2448 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2449 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2450 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2456 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2457 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2464 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2465 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2467 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2469 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2471 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2473 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2474 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2477 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2480 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2481 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2485 /* Check for intersection. */
2486 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2487 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2495 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2496 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2499 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2502 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2503 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2507 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2509 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2510 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2513 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2514 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2517 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2521 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2523 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2524 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2525 it is now time to do so. */
2527 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2528 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2532 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2534 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2535 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2536 it is now time to do so. */
2538 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2539 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2543 if (overlay_debugging
2544 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2545 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2546 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2555 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2559 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2561 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2565 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2567 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2568 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2569 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2573 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2574 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2577 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2594 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2595 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2598 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2602 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2607 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2609 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2610 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2611 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2612 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2613 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2615 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2616 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2620 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2630 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2633 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2638 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2640 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2646 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2647 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2648 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2650 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2651 step_resume breakpoint.
2653 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2655 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2659 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2661 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2663 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2665 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2666 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2667 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2668 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2669 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2672 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2676 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2677 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2678 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2679 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2680 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2681 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2683 Return 1 otherwise. */
2686 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2688 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2691 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2693 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2694 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2695 this function might return the same number more
2696 than once and this will look ugly. */
2697 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2698 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2700 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2702 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2706 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2709 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2711 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2713 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2714 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2716 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2722 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2725 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2727 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2729 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2731 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2732 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2733 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2734 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2739 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2742 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2744 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2746 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2749 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2750 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2751 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2752 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2754 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2755 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2756 bpstat of the current thread. */
2759 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2762 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2765 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2767 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2770 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2771 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2773 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2776 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2777 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2779 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2780 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2782 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2784 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2785 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2786 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2787 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2788 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2789 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2790 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2791 the tree when we're done. */
2794 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2798 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2800 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2806 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2807 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2809 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2811 if (target_can_async_p ())
2812 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2813 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2814 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2817 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2818 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2819 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2820 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2821 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2822 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2823 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2824 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2825 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2826 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2827 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2828 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2829 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2834 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2839 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2841 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2842 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2843 && target_has_execution
2844 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2845 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2846 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2847 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2848 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2849 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2850 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2854 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2857 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2860 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2863 struct value_print_options opts
;
2864 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2865 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2869 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2870 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2871 by having it set different print_it values.
2873 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2874 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2875 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2876 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2877 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2879 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2880 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2881 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2882 don't print anything else.
2883 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2884 that something to be followed by a location.
2885 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2886 that something to be followed by a location.
2887 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2890 static enum print_stop_action
2891 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2893 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2894 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2895 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2896 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2898 enum print_stop_action result
;
2900 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2901 which has since been deleted. */
2902 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2903 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2904 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2907 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2908 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2913 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2914 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2915 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2916 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2919 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2921 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2923 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2924 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2926 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2927 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2928 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2930 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2931 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2932 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2935 case bp_shlib_event
:
2936 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2937 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2938 to shlib event" message.) */
2939 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2940 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2943 case bp_thread_event
:
2944 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2945 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2946 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2947 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2950 case bp_overlay_event
:
2951 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2952 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2953 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2956 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2957 /* These should never be enabled. */
2958 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2959 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2963 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2964 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2965 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2968 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2970 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2971 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2972 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2973 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2974 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2975 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2976 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2977 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2978 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2979 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2982 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2983 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2986 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2988 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2989 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2990 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2991 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2992 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2993 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2996 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2997 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2999 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3000 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3003 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3005 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3006 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3007 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3008 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3014 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3017 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3018 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3019 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3021 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3022 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3024 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3027 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3031 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3034 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3035 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3042 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3043 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3048 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3049 case bp_step_resume
:
3050 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3053 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3056 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3060 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3064 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3065 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3066 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3067 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3070 static enum print_stop_action
3071 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3073 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3076 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3077 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3081 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3082 relevant messages. */
3083 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3086 case print_it_normal
:
3088 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3089 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3091 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3092 print_it_typical. */
3093 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3094 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3095 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3097 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3102 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3103 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3108 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3109 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3110 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3111 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3112 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3113 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3116 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3117 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3118 code to print the location. An example is
3119 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3121 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3122 to also print the location part of the message.
3123 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3124 don't require a location appended to the end.
3125 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3126 further info to be printed.*/
3128 enum print_stop_action
3129 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3133 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3134 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3135 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3136 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3137 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3139 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3140 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3141 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3142 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3146 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3147 with and nothing was printed. */
3148 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3151 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3152 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3153 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3154 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3157 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3159 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3160 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3161 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3165 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3168 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3172 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3174 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3175 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3176 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3178 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3182 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3183 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3186 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3188 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3190 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3192 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3194 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3195 as not triggered. */
3197 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3198 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3199 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3200 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3205 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3207 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3208 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3210 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3211 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3212 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3213 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3215 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3218 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3219 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3223 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3224 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3225 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3227 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3230 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3231 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3232 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3234 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3238 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3246 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3247 because of check_errors). */
3248 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3249 #define WP_DELETED 1
3250 /* The value has changed. */
3251 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3252 /* The value has not changed. */
3253 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3255 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3256 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3258 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed.
3260 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3261 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3264 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3266 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3267 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3268 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3269 int within_current_scope
;
3271 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3273 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3274 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3275 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3276 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3277 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3279 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3280 within_current_scope
= 1;
3283 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3284 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3285 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3287 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3288 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3289 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3290 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3291 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3292 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3293 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3294 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3295 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3296 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3298 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3299 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3301 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3302 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3303 if (within_current_scope
)
3305 struct symbol
*function
;
3307 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3308 if (function
== NULL
3309 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3310 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3311 within_current_scope
= 0;
3314 if (within_current_scope
)
3315 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3316 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3321 if (within_current_scope
)
3323 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3324 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3325 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3326 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3328 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3329 struct value
*new_val
;
3331 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3333 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter
3334 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the
3335 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */
3336 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3337 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3339 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3341 release_value (new_val
);
3342 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3344 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3347 /* We will stop here */
3348 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3352 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3353 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3354 /* We won't stop here */
3355 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3360 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3361 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3362 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3363 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3364 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3365 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3366 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3367 the first value assigned). */
3368 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3369 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3370 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3371 information here. */
3372 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3374 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3375 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3376 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3377 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3378 which its expression is valid.\n");
3380 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3381 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3382 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3388 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3389 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3390 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3392 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3393 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3395 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3397 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3399 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
3402 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3403 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3404 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3405 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3406 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3407 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3409 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3412 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3413 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3414 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3418 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3419 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3420 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3421 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3422 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3423 (did not match the data address). */
3425 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3426 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3427 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3428 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3431 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3433 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3435 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3436 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3437 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3441 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3443 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3444 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3451 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3452 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3455 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3457 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3458 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3460 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3461 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3462 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3463 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3467 int must_check_value
= 0;
3469 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3470 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3472 must_check_value
= 1;
3473 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3474 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3475 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3477 must_check_value
= 1;
3478 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3479 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3480 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3481 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3482 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3483 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3484 must_check_value
= 1;
3486 if (must_check_value
)
3488 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3490 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3491 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3493 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3497 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3498 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3501 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3502 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3504 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3506 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3507 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3508 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3509 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3510 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3511 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3512 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3515 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both
3516 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3519 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data
3520 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3521 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3522 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3524 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read
3525 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3526 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3529 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3530 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3531 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3532 changes. This still gives false positives when
3533 the program writes the same value to memory as
3534 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3535 it for a read), but it's much better than
3538 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
3540 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
3542 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
3544 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
3545 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3546 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3547 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
3548 == watch_triggered_yes
))
3550 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
3555 if (other_write_watchpoint
3556 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
3558 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3559 and the value changed since the last time we
3560 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3562 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3567 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3568 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3569 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3571 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3572 the value hasn't changed. */
3573 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3581 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3582 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3583 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3584 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3585 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3586 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3587 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3591 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3593 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3594 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3595 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3596 anything for this watchpoint. */
3597 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3604 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3605 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3606 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3608 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3610 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3611 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3612 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3614 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3615 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3619 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3621 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3622 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3623 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3625 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3626 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3628 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3630 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3631 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3632 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3633 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3635 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3637 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3638 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3639 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3640 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3641 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3643 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3645 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3646 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3648 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3649 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3651 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3655 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3659 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3662 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3664 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3672 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3673 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3675 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3676 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3678 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3680 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3682 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3683 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3684 several reasons concurrently.)
3686 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3687 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3690 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3691 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3693 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3694 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3695 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3696 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3697 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3698 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3699 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3701 int need_remove_insert
;
3703 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across
3704 update_global_location_list possibly executed by
3705 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */
3709 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3712 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
3714 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3715 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3716 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3717 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3719 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3722 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
3725 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3728 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3730 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3732 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3733 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3738 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3742 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3743 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3744 /* We do not stop for these. */
3747 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3753 /* We will stop here */
3754 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3756 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3757 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3758 update_global_location_list (0);
3762 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3764 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3765 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q",
3766 bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3768 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3771 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3774 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
3775 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3776 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3780 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3782 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3785 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3786 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3789 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3793 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3795 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3796 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3797 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3799 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3803 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3805 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3807 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3808 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3810 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3811 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3812 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3813 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3814 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3817 if (need_remove_insert
)
3818 update_global_location_list (1);
3820 return root_bs
->next
;
3823 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3825 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3827 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3830 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3833 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3836 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3839 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3842 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3845 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3848 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3851 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3854 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3857 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3860 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3863 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3867 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3868 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3869 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3870 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3871 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3872 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3873 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3874 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3875 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3876 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3877 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3878 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3880 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3881 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3882 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3883 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3885 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3886 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3887 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3888 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3889 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3890 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3891 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3893 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3894 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3895 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3896 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3899 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3900 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3901 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3902 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3909 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3910 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3911 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3912 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3913 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3915 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3916 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3917 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3919 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3920 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3923 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3924 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3925 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3926 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3927 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3928 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3929 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3930 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3931 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3932 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3933 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3934 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3948 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3949 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3951 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3952 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3954 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3955 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3956 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3957 which has since been deleted. */
3959 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3960 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3962 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3968 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3974 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3976 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3979 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3982 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3983 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3984 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3988 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3990 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3993 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3994 This requires no further action. */
3995 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3998 bs_class
= long_jump
;
4000 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4001 bs_class
= long_resume
;
4003 case bp_step_resume
:
4006 bs_class
= step_resume
;
4009 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4010 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4012 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4013 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4015 case bp_shlib_event
:
4016 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
4019 bs_class
= jit_event
;
4021 case bp_thread_event
:
4022 case bp_overlay_event
:
4023 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4024 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
4030 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
4032 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4035 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4036 This requires no further action. */
4037 bs_class
= no_effect
;
4040 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4041 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4042 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
4043 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
4046 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4047 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4048 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4050 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4051 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4054 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
4056 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
4060 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4061 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4062 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4065 bpstat_should_step (void)
4067 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4069 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4075 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4077 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4086 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4088 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4089 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4091 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
4093 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4095 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4099 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4101 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4104 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4107 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4108 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4109 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4110 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
4111 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
4113 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4114 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4116 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4118 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4119 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4122 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4125 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4129 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4131 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4134 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4136 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4139 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4141 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4142 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4144 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4145 int print_address_bits
,
4148 struct command_line
*l
;
4150 struct ep_type_description
4155 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4157 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4158 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4159 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4160 {bp_until
, "until"},
4161 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4162 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4163 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4164 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4165 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4166 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4167 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4168 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4169 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4170 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4171 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4172 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4173 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4174 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4175 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4176 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4177 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4178 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4181 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4182 char wrap_indent
[80];
4183 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4184 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4185 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4187 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4188 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4189 struct value_print_options opts
;
4191 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4193 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4194 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4195 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4199 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4200 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4205 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4209 if (part_of_multiple
)
4212 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4213 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4218 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4223 if (part_of_multiple
)
4224 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4227 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4228 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4229 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4230 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4232 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4237 if (part_of_multiple
)
4238 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4240 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4245 if (part_of_multiple
)
4246 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4248 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4249 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4250 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4254 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4255 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4257 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4258 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4260 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4263 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4265 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4266 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4267 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4268 just one location. */
4269 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4270 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4276 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4277 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4281 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4282 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4283 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4284 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4285 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4286 is relatively readable). */
4287 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4288 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4290 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4294 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4298 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4299 case bp_step_resume
:
4300 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4302 case bp_shlib_event
:
4303 case bp_thread_event
:
4304 case bp_overlay_event
:
4305 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4307 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4309 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4312 if (header_of_multiple
)
4313 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4314 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4315 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4317 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4318 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4321 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4322 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4329 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4332 && !header_of_multiple
4334 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4335 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4336 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4337 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4339 struct inferior
*inf
;
4342 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4344 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4349 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4352 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4353 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4358 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4360 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4362 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4363 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4364 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4365 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4367 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4369 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4370 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4374 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4376 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4379 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4380 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4382 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4383 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4384 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4387 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4389 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4390 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4391 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4393 if (tracepoint_type (b
))
4394 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4396 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4397 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4398 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4401 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4403 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4404 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4405 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4406 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4409 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4411 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4412 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4413 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4415 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4416 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4417 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4418 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4419 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4421 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4424 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4425 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4426 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4427 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4428 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4430 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4433 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4434 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4435 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4439 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4441 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4444 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4445 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4446 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4449 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4451 annotate_field (10);
4452 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4453 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4454 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4457 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4459 annotate_field (11);
4460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4461 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4462 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4465 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4467 struct action_line
*action
;
4468 annotate_field (12);
4469 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4471 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4472 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4473 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4480 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4481 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4482 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4485 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4486 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4490 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4491 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4494 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4495 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4497 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4498 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4499 locations, if any. */
4500 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4502 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4503 disabled, we print it as if it had
4504 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4505 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4507 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4508 several locations internally, that's no a property
4511 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4512 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4513 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4515 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4517 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4518 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4519 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4525 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4527 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4528 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4530 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4534 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
4535 an address to print. */
4536 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
4539 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4540 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4541 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4544 return print_address_bits
;
4547 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4553 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4555 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4556 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4557 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4560 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4562 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4563 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4571 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4573 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4575 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4577 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4578 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4584 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4585 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4588 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4590 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4591 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4592 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4593 || tracepoint_type (b
)
4594 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4595 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4596 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4597 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4600 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4601 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4602 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4605 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4607 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4608 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4609 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4610 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4611 struct value_print_options opts
;
4612 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4614 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4616 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4617 size required for address fields. */
4618 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4621 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4623 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4625 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4626 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4627 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4629 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4633 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4635 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4639 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4642 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4643 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4644 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4646 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4647 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4649 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4650 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4652 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4653 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4655 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4656 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4658 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4660 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4661 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4663 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4665 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4667 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4668 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4669 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4670 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4674 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4676 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4678 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4679 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4682 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4684 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4687 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4689 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4694 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4695 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4698 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4699 there have been breakpoints? */
4700 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4704 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4709 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4711 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4715 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4720 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4722 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4726 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4727 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4728 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4730 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4731 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4733 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4734 && bl
->address
== pc
4735 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4741 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4742 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4746 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4747 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4748 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4751 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4754 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4758 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4759 else /* if (others == ???) */
4760 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4762 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4765 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4766 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4767 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4768 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4769 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4770 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4771 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4772 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4773 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4775 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4779 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4781 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4782 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4783 printf_filtered (".\n");
4787 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4788 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4791 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4792 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4795 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4796 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4797 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4798 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4799 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4802 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4803 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4804 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4805 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4807 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4808 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4809 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4817 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4819 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4821 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4824 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4825 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4828 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4830 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
4831 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
4832 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
4833 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
4834 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
4835 become hw_access locations later. */
4836 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4837 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4838 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4839 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4842 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4843 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4844 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4845 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4848 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4849 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4851 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4852 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4856 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4857 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4858 represent the same location. */
4861 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4863 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4864 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4866 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4869 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4871 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4872 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4876 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4877 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4882 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4883 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4885 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4886 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4888 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4891 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4892 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4893 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4894 this function is simply the identity function. */
4897 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4898 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4900 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4902 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4905 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4906 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4907 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4908 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4909 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4911 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4912 have their addresses modified. */
4917 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4919 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4920 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4921 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4923 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4924 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4926 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4927 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4929 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4933 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4935 static struct bp_location
*
4936 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4938 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4940 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4941 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4945 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4954 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4955 case bp_step_resume
:
4956 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4958 case bp_shlib_event
:
4959 case bp_thread_event
:
4960 case bp_overlay_event
:
4962 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4963 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4965 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4966 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4968 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4969 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4970 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4971 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4976 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4977 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4980 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4986 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4991 if (loc
->function_name
)
4992 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4997 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4998 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4999 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
5001 static struct breakpoint
*
5002 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5005 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
5007 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
5008 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5011 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5012 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5013 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5015 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5018 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5020 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5021 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5022 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5023 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5025 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5027 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
5028 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
5029 of increasing numbers. */
5031 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5033 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5043 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
5045 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5047 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5048 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5049 || tracepoint_type (loc
->owner
))
5051 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
5053 if (loc
->function_name
)
5054 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5058 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5059 static struct gdbarch
*
5060 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5063 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5065 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5070 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5071 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5072 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5073 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5074 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5075 is also returned as the value of this function.
5077 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5078 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5079 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5080 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5081 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5082 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5083 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5086 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5087 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5089 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
5090 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5091 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5093 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5095 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5097 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5098 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5100 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5101 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5102 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5103 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5104 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5105 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5106 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
5108 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5109 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5110 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5111 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5112 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5114 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5115 breakpoint resetting. */
5116 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5118 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5119 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5121 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5122 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5123 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5125 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
5127 breakpoints_changed ();
5133 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5134 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5136 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5138 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5139 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5141 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
5142 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
5143 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
5144 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
5145 but it's easy to implmement. */
5146 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5150 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5151 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
5152 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
5155 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5157 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5159 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5160 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5161 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5162 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5164 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5165 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5167 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5168 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5169 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5173 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5175 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5177 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5180 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5182 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5183 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5188 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5190 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5193 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5195 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5196 update_global_location_list (1);
5197 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5202 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5204 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5207 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5209 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5210 update_global_location_list (0);
5211 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5216 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5218 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5220 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5222 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5223 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5225 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5227 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5233 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5235 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5238 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5239 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5240 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5243 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5246 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5247 char ***addr_string_p
;
5251 struct lang_and_radix
5257 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5260 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5262 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5264 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5265 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5270 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5272 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5275 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5276 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5277 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5281 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5285 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5286 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5290 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5291 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5294 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5296 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5298 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5300 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5301 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5302 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5303 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5304 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5305 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5306 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5307 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5308 || (tracepoint_type (b
)))
5309 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5310 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5312 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5314 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5318 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5323 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5324 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5327 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5329 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5330 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5332 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5333 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5334 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5335 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5336 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5337 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5340 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5342 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5343 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5344 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5345 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5346 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5347 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5348 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5350 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5351 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5352 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5353 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5355 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5357 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5358 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5361 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5366 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5368 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5371 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5373 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5376 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5379 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5381 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5384 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5388 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5390 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5393 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5395 static enum print_stop_action
5396 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5398 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5399 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5400 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5401 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5404 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5407 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5409 struct value_print_options opts
;
5411 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5413 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5414 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5415 is relatively readable). */
5416 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5417 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5419 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5420 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5422 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5423 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5424 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5425 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5429 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5433 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5435 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5438 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5440 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5444 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5445 print_it_catch_fork
,
5446 print_one_catch_fork
,
5447 print_mention_catch_fork
5450 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5453 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5455 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5458 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5461 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5463 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5466 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5470 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5472 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5475 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5477 static enum print_stop_action
5478 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5480 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5481 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5482 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5483 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5486 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5489 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5491 struct value_print_options opts
;
5493 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5494 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5495 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5496 is relatively readable). */
5497 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5498 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5500 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5501 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5503 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5504 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5505 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5506 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5510 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5514 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5516 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5519 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5521 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5525 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5526 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5527 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5528 print_mention_catch_vfork
5531 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5535 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5537 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5539 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5540 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5541 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5546 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5550 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5552 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5553 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5555 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5556 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5558 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5559 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5561 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5562 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5566 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5567 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5568 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5569 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5570 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5573 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5577 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5579 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5581 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5582 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5583 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5588 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5592 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5593 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5595 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5596 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5600 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5601 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5602 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5603 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5604 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5607 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5611 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5613 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5614 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5615 syscall we are catching. */
5616 int syscall_number
= 0;
5618 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5621 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5622 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5626 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5628 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5638 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5641 static enum print_stop_action
5642 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5644 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5645 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5646 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5647 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5649 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5651 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5654 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5656 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5658 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5661 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5663 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5665 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5667 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5668 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5669 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5670 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5671 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5672 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5674 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5676 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5679 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5683 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5684 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5686 struct value_print_options opts
;
5688 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5689 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5690 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5691 is relatively readable). */
5692 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5693 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5696 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5697 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5698 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5700 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5702 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5705 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5707 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5712 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5715 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5717 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5719 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5720 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5724 /* Remove the last comma. */
5725 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5726 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5729 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5730 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5733 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5737 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5739 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5743 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5744 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5746 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5749 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5753 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5756 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5758 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5760 printf_filtered (")");
5763 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5767 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5769 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5771 insert_catch_syscall
,
5772 remove_catch_syscall
,
5773 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5774 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5775 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5776 print_mention_catch_syscall
5779 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5782 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5784 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5787 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5788 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5789 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5790 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5792 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5793 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5794 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5795 to the catchpoint. */
5797 static struct breakpoint
*
5798 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5800 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5802 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5803 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5806 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5808 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5809 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5810 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5812 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5814 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5815 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5816 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5822 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5824 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5825 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5826 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5827 to the catchpoint. */
5829 static struct breakpoint
*
5830 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5831 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5833 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5834 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5837 update_global_location_list (1);
5843 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5844 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5845 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5847 struct breakpoint
*b
5848 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5850 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5852 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5855 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5858 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5860 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5864 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5866 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5870 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5872 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5875 static enum print_stop_action
5876 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5878 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5879 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5881 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5885 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5887 struct value_print_options opts
;
5889 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5891 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5892 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5893 is relatively readable). */
5894 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5895 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5898 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5900 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5902 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5907 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5909 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5912 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5916 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5917 print_it_catch_exec
,
5918 print_one_catch_exec
,
5919 print_mention_catch_exec
5923 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5924 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5926 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5927 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5928 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5930 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5932 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5935 update_global_location_list (1);
5939 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5941 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5946 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5954 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5956 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5959 *other_type_used
= 0;
5962 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5964 if (b
->type
== type
)
5966 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5967 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5968 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5969 *other_type_used
= 1;
5976 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5978 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5982 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5983 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5984 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5985 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5986 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5988 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5989 update_global_location_list (0);
5995 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5997 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6001 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
6002 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
6003 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
6004 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
6005 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
6007 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6008 update_global_location_list (1);
6014 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6016 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6021 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6024 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6025 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6026 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6028 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6034 update_global_location_list (0);
6036 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
6040 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6042 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6045 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
6049 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
6052 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6053 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6054 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
6056 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6062 breakpoint_re_set ();
6066 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6067 at address specified by SAL.
6068 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6071 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
6072 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
6074 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6076 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6078 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
6080 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6081 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6082 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6083 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
6085 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
6086 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
6087 single thread of control. */
6088 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
6089 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
6091 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6096 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
6100 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
6102 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
6104 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
6108 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
6109 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
6110 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
6112 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
6113 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
6114 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
6115 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
6116 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
6118 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
6119 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
6121 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
6123 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
6124 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
6125 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
6126 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
6128 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6129 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
6130 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
6132 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
6137 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6140 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6142 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
6144 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
6145 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6147 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
6151 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
6154 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6157 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
6158 struct value_print_options opts
;
6160 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6162 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6163 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6164 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6165 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6166 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6168 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6169 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6174 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6177 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6178 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6179 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6180 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6181 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6182 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6184 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6185 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6186 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6187 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6188 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6189 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6190 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6192 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6193 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6194 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6195 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6196 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6197 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6198 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6200 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6201 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6202 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6203 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6204 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6205 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6206 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6209 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6214 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6215 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6217 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6218 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6221 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6222 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6227 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6231 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6236 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6237 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6240 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6241 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6246 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
6247 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6254 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6255 case bp_step_resume
:
6257 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6258 case bp_shlib_event
:
6259 case bp_thread_event
:
6260 case bp_overlay_event
:
6262 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6268 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6272 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6276 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6278 printf_filtered (" at ");
6279 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6283 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6284 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6288 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6290 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6292 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6297 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6299 printf_filtered ("\n");
6303 static struct bp_location
*
6304 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6305 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6307 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6309 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6310 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6313 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6315 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6316 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6317 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6318 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6319 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6320 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6321 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6323 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6328 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6329 return 0 otherwise. */
6332 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6336 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6337 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6338 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6341 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6343 addr
= loc
->address
;
6344 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6346 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6350 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6352 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6353 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6354 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6355 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6357 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6358 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6360 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6361 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6364 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6371 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6372 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6373 as condition expression. */
6376 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6377 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6379 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6380 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6381 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6383 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6386 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6388 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6389 int target_resources_ok
=
6390 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6392 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6393 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6394 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6395 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6398 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6400 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6402 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6403 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6407 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6409 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6411 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6412 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6417 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6418 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6419 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6423 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6424 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6425 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6426 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6428 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6430 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6431 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6432 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6433 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6439 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6442 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6443 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6447 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6448 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6450 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6455 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6457 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6460 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6466 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6467 elements to fill the void space. */
6469 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6471 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6472 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6474 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6475 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6480 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6481 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6482 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6483 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6484 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6485 single expanded sal, return the original.
6487 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6488 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6489 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6490 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6491 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6493 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6494 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6496 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6497 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6498 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6501 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6503 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6504 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6505 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6508 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6509 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6515 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6517 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6519 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6521 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6522 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6524 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6526 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6527 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6528 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6530 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6531 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6532 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6533 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6534 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6538 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6540 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6541 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6543 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6544 char *this_function
;
6546 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6548 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6550 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6551 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6554 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6556 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6559 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6561 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6563 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6565 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6568 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6569 we should really always find the section here. */
6570 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6573 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6574 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6576 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6585 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6587 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6588 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6589 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6593 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6595 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6597 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6598 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6599 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6600 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6602 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6603 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6604 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6611 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6612 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6623 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6624 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6625 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6626 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6627 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6628 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6629 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6630 we take just a single condition string.
6632 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6633 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6634 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6635 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6636 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6639 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6640 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6642 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6643 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6644 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6648 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6650 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6651 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6653 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6654 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6655 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6659 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6660 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6661 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6662 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6665 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6666 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6667 char ***addr_string
,
6670 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6671 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6672 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6674 if ((*address
) == NULL
6675 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6677 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6679 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6680 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6681 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6682 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6683 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6684 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6685 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6686 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6687 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6689 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6690 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6691 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6692 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6694 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6696 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6700 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6704 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6705 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6706 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6707 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6708 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6709 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6711 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6713 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6715 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6716 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6717 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6718 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6721 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6722 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6724 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6725 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6726 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6727 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6730 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6732 /* Add the string if not present. */
6733 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6734 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6740 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6741 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6744 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6748 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6749 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6752 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
6753 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
6754 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
6755 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
6756 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
6760 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6761 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
6764 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
6766 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6768 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6770 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
6772 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
6774 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
6777 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
6778 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
6780 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6785 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6787 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6789 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6790 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6793 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6794 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6795 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6796 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6797 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6798 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6800 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6801 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6803 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6809 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6810 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6811 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6816 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6819 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6821 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6823 struct expression
*expr
;
6825 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6826 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6829 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6830 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6832 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6838 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6840 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6841 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6842 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6844 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6850 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6852 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6853 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6854 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
6857 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6861 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
6862 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
6863 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
6864 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6865 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the
6866 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the
6867 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint
6868 was created; false otherwise. */
6871 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6872 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6873 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6874 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6876 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6877 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6881 struct gdb_exception e
;
6882 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6883 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6886 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6888 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6889 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6890 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6894 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6901 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6902 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6903 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6904 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6906 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6907 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6909 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6913 throw_exception (e
);
6917 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6919 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6922 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6923 throw_exception (e
);
6925 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6927 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6928 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6929 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6930 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6933 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6934 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6935 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6936 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6937 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6938 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6940 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6945 throw_exception (e
);
6952 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6953 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6957 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6958 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6960 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6961 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6964 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6965 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6966 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6967 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6968 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6970 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6971 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6972 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6974 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6975 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6978 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6979 are ok for the target. */
6981 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6983 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6984 ? (hardwareflag
? bp_fast_tracepoint
: bp_tracepoint
)
6985 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6987 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
6988 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
6989 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
6991 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6992 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6996 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6998 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6999 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7000 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7001 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7004 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
7007 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7011 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7014 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
7015 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
7018 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
7019 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
7020 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
7024 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
7025 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7027 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
7029 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
7030 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7031 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7033 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
7034 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
7035 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7036 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7037 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
7039 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7040 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
7042 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7043 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7044 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7045 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7051 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
7052 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7053 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7055 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
7056 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7057 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7059 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7060 update_global_location_list (1);
7065 /* Set a breakpoint.
7066 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7067 condition, and thread.
7068 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7069 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7073 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
7075 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
7076 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
7078 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7080 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7081 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
7082 0 /* Ignore count */,
7083 pending_break_support
,
7084 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
7091 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7092 char *address
, char *condition
,
7093 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
7094 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
7095 int pending
, int enabled
)
7097 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
7098 address
, condition
, thread
,
7099 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7100 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
7103 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
7107 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
7108 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
7109 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
7112 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
7115 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7118 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
7119 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7121 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7123 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
7126 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
7127 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
7129 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
7130 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
7135 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7138 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7141 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7145 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7147 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
7148 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
7149 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
7152 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
7153 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7154 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
7156 /* Preserve the original line number. */
7157 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
7158 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
7159 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
7163 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
7165 struct blockvector
*bv
;
7169 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
7172 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
7175 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
7176 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
7180 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
7181 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
7182 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
7185 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
7186 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7188 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
7190 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
7192 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
7194 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7201 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7203 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7207 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7209 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7213 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7215 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7219 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7221 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7225 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7227 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7228 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7229 stop at <line>\n"));
7233 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7237 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7239 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7244 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7245 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7246 function/method name */
7247 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7249 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7254 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7256 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7260 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7262 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7266 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7270 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7277 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7278 it is probably a line number. */
7279 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7281 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7286 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7288 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7292 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7294 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7297 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7298 hw_read: watch read,
7299 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7301 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7303 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7304 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7305 struct expression
*exp
;
7306 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7307 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7308 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7309 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7310 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7311 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7313 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7314 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7315 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7316 enum bptype bp_type
;
7320 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7321 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7323 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7325 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7326 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7328 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7329 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7330 be the thread identifier. */
7331 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7333 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7336 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7337 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7339 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7340 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7341 reach a "thread" token. */
7342 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7347 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7350 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7351 calculate the length of the token. */
7353 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7355 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7357 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7358 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7359 only in a specific thread. */
7362 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7363 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7365 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7367 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7368 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7370 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7371 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7372 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7374 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7375 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7376 evaluate_expression() function. */
7381 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7382 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7384 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7386 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7387 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7389 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7392 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7393 mark
= value_mark ();
7394 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7396 release_value (val
);
7399 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7403 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7406 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7407 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7409 struct expression
*cond
;
7411 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7412 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7417 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7419 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7420 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7421 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7422 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7424 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7426 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7427 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7428 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7431 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7432 target_resources_ok
=
7433 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7435 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7436 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7438 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7439 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7442 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7443 watchpoint could not be set. */
7444 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7445 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7447 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7449 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7450 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7451 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7452 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7453 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7455 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7458 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7459 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7460 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7462 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7464 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7465 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7467 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7468 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7470 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7471 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7472 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7473 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7474 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7475 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7476 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7477 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7478 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7482 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7483 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7484 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7485 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7487 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7489 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7490 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7494 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7500 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7501 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7505 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7506 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7509 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7511 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7512 need to act on them together. */
7513 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7514 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7517 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7519 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7520 that should be inserted. */
7521 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7524 update_global_location_list (1);
7527 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7528 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7529 in hardware return zero. */
7532 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7534 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7535 struct value
*head
= v
;
7537 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7538 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7541 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7542 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7543 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7544 hardware watchpoint.
7546 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7547 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7548 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7549 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7550 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7551 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7552 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7553 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7554 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7556 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7557 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7558 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7559 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7560 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7562 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7565 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7566 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7567 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7571 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7572 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7573 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7575 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7576 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7577 middle of some value chain. */
7579 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7580 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7582 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7583 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7585 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7592 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7593 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7594 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7595 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7596 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7599 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7600 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7601 return found_memory_cnt
;
7605 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7607 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7611 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7613 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7617 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7619 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7623 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7625 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7629 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7631 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7635 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7637 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7641 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7642 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7644 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7646 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7647 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7650 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7651 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7652 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7655 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7657 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7659 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7661 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7665 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7667 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7668 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7669 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7670 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7671 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7672 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7674 clear_proceed_status ();
7676 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7679 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7680 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7681 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7683 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7684 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7686 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7687 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7690 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7693 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7695 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7698 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7699 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7700 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7701 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7703 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7704 at the very same frame. */
7705 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7706 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7709 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7711 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7714 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7716 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7717 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7718 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7720 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7722 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7725 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7727 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7728 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7729 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7730 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7732 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7734 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7735 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7737 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7738 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7740 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7741 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7742 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7746 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7750 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7752 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7754 while (isspace (**s
))
7758 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7759 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7761 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7762 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7763 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7764 if clause in the arg string. */
7767 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7771 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7774 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7777 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7778 condition string. */
7779 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7782 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7783 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7788 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7789 process start/exit, etc. */
7793 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7794 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7799 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7801 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7802 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7803 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7806 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7807 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7808 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7812 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7814 /* The allowed syntax is:
7816 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7818 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7819 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7821 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7822 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7824 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7825 and enable reporting of such events. */
7828 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7829 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7830 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7831 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7833 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7834 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7835 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7836 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7839 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7845 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7847 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7849 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7851 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7855 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7857 /* The allowed syntax is:
7859 catch exec if <cond>
7861 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7862 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7864 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7865 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7867 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7868 and enable reporting of such events. */
7869 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7870 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7873 static enum print_stop_action
7874 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7876 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7878 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7880 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7881 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7882 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7885 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7887 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7889 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7890 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7892 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7893 : " (exception caught), ");
7894 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7896 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7897 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7898 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7899 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7901 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7905 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7907 struct value_print_options opts
;
7908 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7909 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7912 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7913 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7915 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7916 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7921 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7922 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7924 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7928 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7933 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7934 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7935 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7936 : _("Catchpoint "));
7937 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7938 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7942 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7945 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7946 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7947 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7948 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7952 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7953 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7955 char *trigger_func_name
;
7957 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7958 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7960 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7962 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7963 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7964 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7967 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7968 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7974 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7977 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7978 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7980 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7981 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7985 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7987 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7989 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7990 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7992 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7993 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7994 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7996 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7999 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
8002 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
8005 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8007 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8008 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8011 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
8014 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8016 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8017 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8020 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
8023 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8024 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8028 struct expression
*cond
,
8029 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8033 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8037 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8039 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8041 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8042 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
8043 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
8044 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
8045 used for different exception names will use the same address.
8046 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
8047 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
8048 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
8049 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
8050 enough for now, though. */
8053 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
8054 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8056 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8057 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8058 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8059 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
8060 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
8061 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
8062 b
->language
= language_ada
;
8063 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8064 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
8069 update_global_location_list (1);
8072 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
8075 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8076 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8078 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8080 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8082 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8083 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
8084 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
8085 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
8086 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8088 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8092 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
8093 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
8094 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
8095 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
8099 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
8101 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
8103 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
8104 VEC_free (int, iter
);
8107 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
8108 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
8110 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
8112 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
8113 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
8115 while (*arg
!= '\0')
8117 int i
, syscall_number
;
8122 /* Skip whitespace. */
8123 while (isspace (*arg
))
8126 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
8127 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
8131 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
8132 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
8133 if (*endptr
== '\0')
8134 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
8137 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
8139 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
8141 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
8142 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
8143 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
8145 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
8148 /* Ok, it's valid. */
8149 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
8152 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8156 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
8159 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8164 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8166 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
8167 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
8168 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
8169 this architeture yet."));
8171 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8173 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8175 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8176 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8177 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8178 for his/her architecture. */
8179 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8181 /* The allowed syntax is:
8183 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8185 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8188 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8192 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8193 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8196 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8199 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8201 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8203 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8204 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8205 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8207 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8211 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8212 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8213 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8217 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8219 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8224 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8226 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8229 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8232 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8234 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8235 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8238 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8239 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8244 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8249 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8250 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8251 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8252 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8253 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8254 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8255 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8256 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8257 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8258 error (_("No source file specified."));
8266 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8267 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8268 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8269 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8270 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8272 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8273 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8274 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8275 due to optimization, all in one block.
8276 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8277 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8278 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8279 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8280 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8283 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8284 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8285 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8289 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8291 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8292 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8293 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8296 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8301 1 0 <can't happen> */
8305 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8310 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8311 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8312 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8313 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8314 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8315 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8317 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8318 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8320 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8321 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8322 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8323 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8324 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8325 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8326 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8327 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8328 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8329 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8330 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8331 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8340 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8343 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8344 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8347 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8349 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8352 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8353 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8356 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8357 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8359 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8361 breakpoints_changed ();
8363 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8366 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8367 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8370 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8373 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8374 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8375 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8378 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8380 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8382 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8383 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8384 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8385 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8387 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8391 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8392 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8396 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8397 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8398 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8399 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8400 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8403 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8405 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8406 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8407 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8408 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8410 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8411 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8413 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8414 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8415 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8417 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8418 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8420 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8421 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8422 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8424 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8427 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8428 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8429 the bp_location array. */
8432 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8434 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8436 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8437 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8439 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8441 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8443 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8446 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8447 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8449 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8450 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8451 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8452 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8454 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8456 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8457 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8458 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8459 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8463 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8464 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8465 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8466 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8467 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8468 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8469 returns true on them.
8471 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8472 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8473 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8474 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8475 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8476 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8479 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8481 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8482 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8483 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8485 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8486 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8487 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8488 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8489 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8491 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8492 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8493 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8494 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8496 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8497 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8498 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8499 unsigned old_location_count
;
8501 old_location
= bp_location
;
8502 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8504 bp_location_count
= 0;
8505 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8508 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8509 bp_location_count
++;
8511 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8514 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8516 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8517 bp_location_compare
);
8519 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8521 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8522 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8523 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8524 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8525 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8527 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8528 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8531 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8534 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8535 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8537 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8539 int found_object
= 0;
8540 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8541 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8544 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8545 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8546 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8547 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8551 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8552 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8555 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8562 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8563 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8564 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8565 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8568 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8570 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8572 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8574 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8575 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8580 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8581 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8582 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8584 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8587 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8588 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8591 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8593 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8595 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8596 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8597 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8599 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
8600 access watchpoints, if the former are not
8601 supported, but the latter are. */
8602 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8604 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
8605 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
8608 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8611 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8620 if (!keep_in_target
)
8622 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8624 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8625 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8626 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8629 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8630 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8631 after calling us. */
8632 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8633 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8641 if (removed
&& non_stop
8642 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8643 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8645 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8646 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8647 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8648 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8649 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8650 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8651 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8652 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8653 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8654 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8655 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8656 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8657 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8658 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8661 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8662 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8664 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8665 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8666 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8667 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8668 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8669 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8670 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8671 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8672 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8673 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8674 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8675 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8676 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8679 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8680 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8681 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8682 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8684 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8685 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8686 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8687 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8688 traps we can no longer explain. */
8690 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8691 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8693 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8696 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8700 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8701 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8702 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8703 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8704 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8705 are sorted first for the same address.
8707 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8708 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8710 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8711 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8712 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8713 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8716 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8717 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8719 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8720 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8721 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8723 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8724 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
8725 || tracepoint_type (b
))
8728 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8729 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8730 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8731 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8732 "actually inserted"));
8734 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8735 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8736 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8737 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8738 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8739 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8741 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8743 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8744 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8745 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8754 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8755 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8756 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8757 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8758 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8761 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8762 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8763 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8764 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8766 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8770 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8772 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8775 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8776 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8778 free_bp_location (loc
);
8779 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8785 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8787 struct gdb_exception e
;
8788 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8789 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8792 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8794 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8797 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8798 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8800 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8802 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8806 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8808 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8810 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8811 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8815 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8819 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8821 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8822 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8824 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8826 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8827 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8829 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8830 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8831 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8832 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8833 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8835 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8836 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8837 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8838 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8839 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8842 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of
8843 breakpoints gets resolved. */
8844 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
8846 gdb_assert (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== bpt
);
8847 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
8848 bpt
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8849 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= NULL
;
8852 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8854 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8855 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8860 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8864 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8865 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8866 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8867 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8868 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8869 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8871 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8872 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8873 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8874 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8875 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8876 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8877 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8878 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8879 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8881 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8882 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8883 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8884 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8885 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8886 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8887 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8888 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8889 with commands won't work. */
8891 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8893 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8894 list, update the global location list. This
8895 will remove locations that used to belong to
8896 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8897 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8898 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8899 design to have location completely self-contained,
8900 but it's not the case now. */
8901 update_global_location_list (0);
8904 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8905 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8906 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8912 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8914 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8918 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8920 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8924 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8926 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8932 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8934 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8935 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8936 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8939 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8940 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8941 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8942 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8943 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8944 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8947 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8952 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8954 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8956 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8958 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8959 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8960 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8961 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8962 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8963 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8970 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8974 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8976 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8977 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8982 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8983 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8984 Null names are ignored. */
8987 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8989 struct bp_location
*l
;
8990 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8991 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8992 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8994 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8997 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8999 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
9003 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
9005 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
9020 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9021 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
9025 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
9027 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
9028 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
9029 the common case where all locations are in the same
9030 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
9031 retain the location, so that when the library
9032 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
9033 status of the individual locations. */
9034 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
9039 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9041 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
9042 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
9044 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
9046 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
9048 struct gdb_exception e
;
9051 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9053 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
9058 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
9059 b
->number
, e
.message
);
9060 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
9064 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
9065 xfree (b
->source_file
);
9066 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
9067 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
9069 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
9071 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
9072 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
9075 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
9076 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9077 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9079 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
9081 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
9082 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
9083 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
9084 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
9085 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
9086 often enough until a better solution is found. */
9087 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
9089 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
9091 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
9093 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
9094 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
9096 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9097 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
9098 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
9106 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9107 if (l
->function_name
9108 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
9118 update_global_location_list (1);
9122 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
9123 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
9124 Unused in this case. */
9127 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
9129 /* get past catch_errs */
9130 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
9134 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
9135 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
9136 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
9138 enum enable_state save_enable
;
9139 struct gdb_exception e
;
9140 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
9145 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9149 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9151 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9152 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
9153 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
9156 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
9158 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
9159 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9163 set_language (b
->language
);
9164 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
9167 save_current_space_and_thread ();
9168 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
9170 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9172 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
9177 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
9178 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
9179 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
9180 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
9181 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
9182 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
9183 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
9185 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
9186 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9187 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
9188 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
9190 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
9192 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
9193 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
9194 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
9195 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9196 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9197 which approach is better. */
9198 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9199 throw_exception (e
);
9205 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9207 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9208 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9210 char *cond_string
= 0;
9214 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9215 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9217 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9220 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9223 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9226 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9227 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9231 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9232 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9233 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9234 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9235 or it can be on local variables.
9237 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9238 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9239 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9242 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9243 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9244 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9245 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9246 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9247 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9249 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9250 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9251 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9252 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9254 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9255 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9257 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9258 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9259 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9261 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9262 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9268 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9270 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9271 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9272 case bp_overlay_event
:
9273 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9274 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9277 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9278 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9279 case bp_shlib_event
:
9281 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9282 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9283 case bp_thread_event
:
9285 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9286 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9287 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9288 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9291 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9293 case bp_step_resume
:
9295 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9300 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9304 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9306 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9308 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9309 enum language save_language
;
9310 int save_input_radix
;
9311 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9313 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9314 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9315 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9317 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9319 /* Format possible error msg */
9320 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9322 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9323 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9324 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9326 set_language (save_language
);
9327 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9329 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9331 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9333 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9334 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9335 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9336 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9337 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9340 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9342 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9343 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9345 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9347 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9349 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9350 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9352 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9353 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9354 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9356 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9360 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9361 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9362 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9365 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9367 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9373 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9375 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9379 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9381 else if (count
== 1)
9382 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9385 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9388 breakpoints_changed ();
9389 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9393 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9397 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9399 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9403 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9406 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9412 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9414 num
= get_number (&p
);
9416 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9418 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9420 set_ignore_count (num
,
9421 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9424 printf_filtered ("\n");
9427 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9428 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9431 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9436 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9440 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9447 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9450 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9454 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9455 if (b
->number
== num
)
9457 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9460 if (related_breakpoint
)
9461 function (related_breakpoint
);
9465 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9471 static struct bp_location
*
9472 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9474 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9478 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9479 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9484 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9486 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9489 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9494 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9495 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9498 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9500 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9504 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9507 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9513 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9514 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9515 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9518 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9520 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9521 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9522 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9523 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9526 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9527 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9530 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9532 update_global_location_list (0);
9534 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9538 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9540 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9542 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9546 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9551 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9553 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9555 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9556 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9557 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9558 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9562 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9564 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9567 update_global_location_list (0);
9570 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9574 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9576 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9579 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9582 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9583 target_resources_ok
=
9584 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9586 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9587 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9588 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9589 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9592 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9593 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9594 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9595 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9597 struct gdb_exception e
;
9599 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9601 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9605 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9611 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9612 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9613 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9614 update_global_location_list (1);
9615 breakpoints_changed ();
9617 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9622 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9624 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9627 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9628 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9629 in stopping the inferior. */
9632 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9634 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9640 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9645 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
9647 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9649 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9650 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9651 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9652 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9656 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9658 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9661 update_global_location_list (1);
9664 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9668 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9670 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9674 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9676 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9680 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9682 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9686 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9688 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9692 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9697 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9701 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
9702 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
9706 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
9707 const bfd_byte
*data
)
9709 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9712 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
9713 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9714 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
9716 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9718 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9719 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
9720 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
9721 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
9723 value_free (bp
->val
);
9730 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9732 struct symtabs_and_lines
9733 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9735 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9737 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9738 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9739 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9740 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9741 default_breakpoint_line
,
9742 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9744 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9745 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9747 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9751 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9752 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9753 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9754 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9758 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9759 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9761 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9763 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9765 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9766 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9768 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9770 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9778 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9781 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9783 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9786 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9792 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9794 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9795 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9797 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9800 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9801 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9805 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9807 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9808 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9812 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9813 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9814 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9817 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9818 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9819 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9820 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9821 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9822 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9824 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9826 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9827 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9830 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9833 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9835 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9837 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9839 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9840 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9841 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9842 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9844 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9846 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9847 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9848 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9849 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9853 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9856 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9860 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9862 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9864 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9865 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9873 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9874 non-zero otherwise. */
9876 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9878 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9879 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9880 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9887 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9889 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9891 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9895 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9897 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9900 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9902 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9906 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9908 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9918 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9920 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9921 char *text
, char *word
)
9923 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9924 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9927 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9929 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9931 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9933 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9934 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9938 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9940 if (break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9942 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9943 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9945 0 /* Ignore count */,
9946 pending_break_support
,
9950 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9954 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9956 if (break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9958 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9959 0 /* tempflag */, 1 /* hardwareflag */,
9961 0 /* Ignore count */,
9962 pending_break_support
,
9966 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9969 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
9970 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
9971 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
9972 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
9973 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
9976 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
9979 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9981 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw address. */
9982 sprintf (buf
, "*%s", paddress (get_current_arch(), utp
->addr
));
9984 if (!break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9986 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9988 (utp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
) /* hardwareflag */,
9990 0 /* Ignore count */,
9991 pending_break_support
,
9994 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */))
9997 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9999 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
10000 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
10004 sprintf (buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
10006 trace_pass_command (buf
, 0);
10011 printf_filtered ("Want to restore a condition\n");
10014 if (utp
->numactions
> 0)
10016 printf_filtered ("Want to restore action list\n");
10019 if (utp
->num_step_actions
> 0)
10021 printf_filtered ("Want to restore action list\n");
10027 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
10031 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
10033 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10034 int tps_to_list
= 0;
10036 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
10037 if (tpnum_exp
== 0)
10039 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10041 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10049 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
10054 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
10055 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
10058 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
10059 Not supported by all targets. */
10061 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10063 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10066 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
10067 Not supported by all targets. */
10069 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10071 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
10074 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
10076 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10078 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
10084 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10086 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
10087 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
10088 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10089 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
10091 if (b
->number
>= 0)
10093 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10098 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10100 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
10102 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
10104 if (tracepoint_type (b
)
10106 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10111 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
10114 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
10116 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
10117 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
10118 Also accepts special argument "all". */
10121 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10123 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
10124 unsigned int count
;
10127 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10128 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
10130 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
10132 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
10135 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
10137 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
10140 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10143 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
10149 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
10150 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
10152 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
10153 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
10155 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
10156 t2
->number
, count
);
10158 if (! all
&& *args
)
10159 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
10165 struct breakpoint
*
10166 get_tracepoint (int num
)
10168 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10170 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10171 if (t
->number
== num
)
10177 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
10178 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
10181 struct breakpoint
*
10182 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
10184 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10186 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10187 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
10193 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
10194 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
10195 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
10196 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
10197 struct breakpoint
*
10198 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
10200 extern int tracepoint_count
;
10201 struct breakpoint
*t
;
10203 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
10205 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
10208 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
10210 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
10213 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
10217 if (instring
&& *instring
)
10218 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
10221 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
10225 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
10226 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
10231 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
10232 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
10233 allow us to discover this. */
10234 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
10238 /* save-tracepoints command */
10240 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
10242 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10244 struct action_line
*line
;
10246 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
10247 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
10249 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10251 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
10252 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
10254 /* See if we have anything to save. */
10255 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10262 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
10266 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
10267 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
10268 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
10270 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
10271 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
10272 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
10274 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10276 if (tp
->addr_string
)
10277 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
10280 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
10281 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
10284 if (tp
->pass_count
)
10285 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10289 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
10291 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
10293 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
10295 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
10296 actionline
= line
->action
;
10297 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
10300 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
10301 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
10303 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
10305 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
10306 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
10308 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
10314 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10316 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10320 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10322 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10325 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10326 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10328 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10330 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10337 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10338 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10339 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10340 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10341 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10342 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10343 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10344 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10345 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10346 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10347 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10349 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10350 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10352 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10354 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10356 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10357 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10359 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10360 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10362 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10363 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10365 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10366 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10367 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10368 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10369 char *text
, char *word
),
10370 void *user_data_catch
,
10371 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10373 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10375 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10377 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10378 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10379 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10381 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10383 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10384 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10385 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10389 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
10391 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10392 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10393 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10397 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10399 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10400 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10401 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10403 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10404 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10405 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10407 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10408 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10409 before a breakpoint is set. */
10410 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10412 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10414 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10415 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10416 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10418 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10420 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10421 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10422 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10423 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10424 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10425 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10426 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10427 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10429 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10430 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10431 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10432 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10434 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10435 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10436 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10437 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10438 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10440 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10441 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10443 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10444 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10445 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10446 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10448 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10449 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10451 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10452 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10453 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10454 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10456 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10457 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10459 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10460 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10461 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10462 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10463 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10464 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10465 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10467 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10468 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10469 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10470 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10471 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10472 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10474 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10476 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10477 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10478 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10479 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10480 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10481 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10483 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10484 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10485 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10488 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10489 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10490 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10493 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10494 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10495 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10498 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10499 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10500 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10503 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10504 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10505 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10506 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10507 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10508 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10509 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10510 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10512 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10513 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10514 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10515 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10516 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10518 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10519 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10520 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10521 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10522 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10523 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10526 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10527 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10528 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10529 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10531 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10532 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10533 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10534 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10535 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10537 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10538 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10539 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10540 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10542 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10543 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10544 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10545 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10546 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10549 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10550 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10551 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10552 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10553 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10554 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10556 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10557 is executing in.\n\
10559 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10561 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10562 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10563 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10564 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10566 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10567 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10568 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10569 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10572 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10576 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10577 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10578 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10579 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10580 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10581 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10582 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10583 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10584 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10585 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10586 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10587 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10588 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10589 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10590 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10591 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10593 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10594 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10595 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10596 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10597 breakpoint set."));
10600 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10601 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10602 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10603 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10604 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10605 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10606 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10607 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10608 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10610 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10611 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10612 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10613 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10614 breakpoint set."));
10616 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10619 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10620 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10621 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10622 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10623 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10624 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10625 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10626 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10627 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10629 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10630 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10631 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10632 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10633 breakpoint set."));
10635 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10636 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10637 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10638 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10639 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10640 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10641 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10642 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10643 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10644 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10645 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10646 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10647 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10649 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10650 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10651 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10652 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10654 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10656 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10657 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10658 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10659 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10661 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10662 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10663 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10664 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10666 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10667 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10668 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10669 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10670 catch_catch_command
,
10674 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10675 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10676 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10677 catch_throw_command
,
10681 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10682 catch_fork_command_1
,
10684 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10685 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10686 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10687 catch_fork_command_1
,
10689 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10690 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10691 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10692 catch_exec_command_1
,
10696 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10697 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10698 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10699 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10700 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10701 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10702 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10703 catch_syscall_completer
,
10706 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10707 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10708 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10709 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10713 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10714 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10715 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10716 catch_assert_command
,
10721 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10722 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10723 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10724 an expression changes."));
10725 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10727 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10728 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10729 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10730 an expression is read."));
10731 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10733 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10734 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10735 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10736 an expression is either read or written."));
10737 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10739 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10740 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10743 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10744 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10745 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10746 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10747 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10748 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10749 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10750 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10751 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10754 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10755 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10757 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10759 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10761 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10762 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10764 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10765 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10766 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10768 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10769 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10770 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10771 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10773 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
10774 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10776 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
10777 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10778 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10780 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10781 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10782 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10783 last tracepoint set."));
10785 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10787 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10788 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10789 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10790 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10793 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10794 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10795 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10796 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10798 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10800 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10801 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10802 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10803 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10805 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10807 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10808 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10809 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10810 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10811 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10813 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10814 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10815 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10816 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10818 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10819 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10820 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10821 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10822 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10823 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10824 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10825 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10826 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10827 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10828 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10829 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10831 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10832 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10833 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10834 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10835 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10836 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10837 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10838 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10840 show_pending_break_support
,
10841 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10842 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10844 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10846 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10847 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10848 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10849 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10850 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10851 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10852 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10854 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10855 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10856 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10858 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10859 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10860 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10861 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10862 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10863 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10864 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10865 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10866 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10867 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10868 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10869 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10871 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10872 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10873 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10875 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10877 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);